blob: 9ecac55e2edf1ae2ea8db0318664938830e2843f [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denk1234ce72013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenkce4832c2004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG file to find out who contributed
38the specific port. In addition, there are various MAINTAINERS files
39scattered throughout the U-Boot source identifying the people or
40companies responsible for various boards and subsystems.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000041
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050042Note: As of August, 2010, there is no longer a CHANGELOG file in the
43actual U-Boot source tree; however, it can be created dynamically
44from the Git log using:
Robert P. J. Day974ed2f2012-11-14 02:03:20 +000045
46 make CHANGELOG
47
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000048
49Where to get help:
50==================
51
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000052In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050053U-Boot, you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser8804a612008-09-10 09:18:34 -050054<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
55on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
56Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
57http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000058
59
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010060Where to get source code:
61=========================
62
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -050063The U-Boot source code is maintained in the Git repository at
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010064git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
65http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
66
67The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020068any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
70directory.
71
Anatolij Gustschin08337f32008-03-26 18:13:33 +010072Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +010073ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
74
75
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000076Where we come from:
77===================
78
79- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000080- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000081- clean up code
82- make it easier to add custom boards
83- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
84- extend functions, especially:
85 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
86 * S-Record download
87 * network boot
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +020088 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +020092- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000093
94
95Names and Spelling:
96===================
97
98The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
99"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
100in source files etc.). Example:
101
102 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
103
104File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
105
106 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
107
108 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
109
110Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
111the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000112
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000113 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
114 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
115
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000116
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000117Versioning:
118===========
119
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200120Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
121were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
122into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
123names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
124Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
125releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127Examples:
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000128 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Webere89e6282010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
130 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk7474aca2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131
132
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000133Directory Hierarchy:
134====================
135
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500136/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamadaef6ebff2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900137 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500138 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500140 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500141 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500142 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500143 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000144 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400146 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200147 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500148 /sandbox Files generic to HW-independent "sandbox"
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400151 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500152/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
153/board Board dependent files
154/common Misc architecture independent functions
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500155/configs Board default configuration files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500156/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
157/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
158/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Daya269c932013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400159/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500160/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
161/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
162/include Header Files
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500163/lib Library routines generic to all architectures
164/Licenses Various license files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500165/net Networking code
166/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500167/scripts Various build scripts and Makefiles
168/test Various unit test files
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500169/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000170
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000171Software Configuration:
172=======================
173
174Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
175rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
176
177There are two classes of configuration variables:
178
179* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
180 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
181 "CONFIG_".
182
183* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
184 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
185 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200186 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000187
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500188Previously, all configuration was done by hand, which involved creating
189symbolic links and editing configuration files manually. More recently,
190U-Boot has added the Kbuild infrastructure used by the Linux kernel,
191allowing you to use the "make menuconfig" command to configure your
192build.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000193
194
195Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
196---------------------------------------------------
197
198For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200199configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000200
201Example: For a TQM823L module type:
202
203 cd u-boot
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200204 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000205
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500206Note: If you're looking for the default configuration file for a board
207you're sure used to be there but is now missing, check the file
208doc/README.scrapyard for a list of no longer supported boards.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000209
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600210Sandbox Environment:
211--------------------
212
213U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
214board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
215specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
216run some of U-Boot's tests.
217
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki287314f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530218See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass53552c92014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600219
220
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700221Board Initialisation Flow:
222--------------------------
223
224This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500225SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules).
226
227Note: "SPL" stands for "Secondary Program Loader," which is explained in
228more detail later in this file.
229
230At present, SPL mostly uses a separate code path, but the function names
231and roles of each function are the same. Some boards or architectures
232may not conform to this. At least most ARM boards which use
233CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700234
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -0500235Execution typically starts with an architecture-specific (and possibly
236CPU-specific) start.S file, such as:
237
238 - arch/arm/cpu/armv7/start.S
239 - arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc83xx/start.S
240 - arch/mips/cpu/start.S
241
242and so on. From there, three functions are called; the purpose and
243limitations of each of these functions are described below.
Simon Glassd8711af2015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700244
245lowlevel_init():
246 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
247 - no global_data or BSS
248 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
249 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
250 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
251 board_init_f()
252 - this is almost never needed
253 - return normally from this function
254
255board_init_f():
256 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
257 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
258 - global_data is available
259 - stack is in SRAM
260 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
261 only stack variables and global_data
262
263 Non-SPL-specific notes:
264 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
265 can do nothing
266
267 SPL-specific notes:
268 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
269 version as needed.
270 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
271 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
272 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
273 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
274 directly)
275
276Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
277this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
278CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
279memory.
280
281board_init_r():
282 - purpose: main execution, common code
283 - global_data is available
284 - SDRAM is available
285 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
286 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
287
288 Non-SPL-specific notes:
289 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
290 there.
291
292 SPL-specific notes:
293 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
294 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
295 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
296 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
297 spl_board_init() function containing this call
298 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
299
300
301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302Configuration Options:
303----------------------
304
305Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
306such information is kept in a configuration file
307"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
308
309Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
310"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
311
312
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000313Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
314kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
315build a config tool - later.
316
317
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318The following options need to be configured:
319
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500320- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000321
Kim Phillips203fee32007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500322- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk994ad962006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200323
324- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen9d5a43f2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100325 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000326
327- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
328 Define exactly one of
329 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
330--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
331 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
332 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
333
334- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
335 Define exactly one of
336 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
337
338- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
339 Define one or more of
340 CONFIG_CMA302
341
342- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
343 Define one or more of
344 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200345 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000346 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
347
Lei Wen20014762011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530348- Marvell Family Member
349 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
350 multiple fs option at one time
351 for marvell soc family
352
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200353- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000354 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
355 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000356 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
357 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000358 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
359 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000360
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000361- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
363 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk20bddb32004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000364 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000365 See doc/README.MPC866
366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200367 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000368
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000369 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
370 of relying on the correctness of the configured
371 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
372 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
373 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200374 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenkfde37042004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000375
Heiko Schocher734f0272009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100376 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
377
378 Define this option if you want to enable the
379 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
380
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600381- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sun2394a0f2012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000382 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
383
384 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
385 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
386 compliance, among other possible reasons.
387
Kumar Galaf4fb90f2011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600388 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
389
390 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
391 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
392 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
393
Kumar Gala179b1b22011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500394 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
395
396 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
397 tree nodes for the given platform.
398
Prabhakar Kushwahaa6a30622012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000399 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
400
401 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
402 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
403 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
404 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
405 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
406 purpose.
407
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000408 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
409
410 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
411 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
412 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
413
414 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
415 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
416
417 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
418 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
419
420 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
421 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
422 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
423 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
424
425 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
426 this erratum.
427
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530428 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
429 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800430 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwahad324f472013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530431
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530432 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
433 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800434 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwahac4c10d12014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530435
Scott Wood80806962012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000436 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
437
438 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
439 according to the A004510 workaround.
440
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530441 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
442 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
443 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
444
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
446 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
447 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
448
Priyanka Jainc73b9032013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530449 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
450 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
451 connected to the DSP core.
452
Priyanka Jainf81e8b22013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530453 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
454 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
455
Priyanka Jaine9dcaa82013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530456 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
457 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
458 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
459 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
460
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530461 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
462 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -0800463 time of U-Boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
Aneesh Bansal8bcbc272014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530464
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800465 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800466 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantiana7364af2014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800467 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
468
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000469- Generic CPU options:
York Sun021d2022014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700470 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
471 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
472 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
473 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
474 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
475
Daniel Schwierzeckd8a49ca2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000476 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
477
478 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
479 values is arch specific.
480
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700481 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
482 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
483 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
484 SoCs.
485
486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
487 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
488
489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
490 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
491 deskew training are not available.
492
493 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
494 Freescale DDR1 controller.
495
496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
497 Freescale DDR2 controller.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
500 Freescale DDR3 controller.
501
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
503 Freescale DDR4 controller.
504
York Sun461c9392013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700505 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
506 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
507
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700508 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
509 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
510 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
511 implemetation.
512
513 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
Robert P. J. Day8d56db92016-07-15 13:44:45 -0400514 Board config to use DDR2. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700515 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
516 implementation.
517
518 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
519 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun2896cb72014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700520 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
521
522 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
523 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
524 DDR3L controllers.
525
526 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
527 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
528 DDR4 controllers.
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700529
Prabhakar Kushwaha62908c22014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530530 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
531 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
532
533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
534 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
535
Prabhakar Kushwaha950f2f72014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
537 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
538 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
539
540 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
541 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
542 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
543 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
544
Prabhakar Kushwaha2c27f122014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530545 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
546 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
547 concatenated with u-boot binary.
548
York Sun29647ab2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800549 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
550 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
551
552 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
553 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
554
York Sun3a0916d2014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800555 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
556 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
557 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
558 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
559
York Sunc459ae62014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800560 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
561 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
562 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
563 SoCs with ARM core.
564
York Sun79a779b2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
566 Number of controllers used as main memory.
567
568 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
569 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
570
Prabhakar Kushwaha122bcfd2015-11-09 16:42:07 +0530571 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_HAS_DP_DDR
572 Defines the SoC has DP-DDR used for DPAA.
573
Ruchika Guptabb7143b2014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530574 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
575 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
576
577 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
578 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
579
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100580- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200581 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100582
583 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
584 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
585 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200587 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200588
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100589 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
590 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200591 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher6e5c19a2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100592 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkebd3deb2006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200593
Daniel Schwierzeckd52a6232011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200594- MIPS CPU options:
595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
596
597 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
598 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
599 relocation.
600
601 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
602
603 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
604 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
605 Possible values are:
606 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
607 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
608 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
609 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
610 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
611 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
612 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
613 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
614
615 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
616
617 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
618 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
619
620 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
621
622 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
623 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
624 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
625
Christian Riesch48c2d6d2012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000626- ARM options:
627 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
628
629 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
630 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
631
Aneesh Vb8e40802012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000632 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
633
634 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
635 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
636 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
637 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
638 GCC.
639
Stephen Warrenc63c3502013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000640 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000641 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
642 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
643 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Garg245defa2014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500644 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Ian Campbell363e4242015-09-29 10:27:09 +0100645 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_773022
646 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_774769
647 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Stephen Warrene9d59c92013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000648
649 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
650 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
651 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
652 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
653 set these options unless they apply!
654
York Sun77a10972015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700655 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
656 Generic timer clock source frequency.
657
658 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
659 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
660 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
661 at run time.
662
Nishanth Menonaa0294e2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500663 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
664 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
665 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon3f445112015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500666 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menon071d6ce2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500667 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon49db62d2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500668 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonaa0294e2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500669 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menon6e2bd2e2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500670 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonaa0294e2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500671
Stephen Warren8d1fb312015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700672- Tegra SoC options:
673 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
674
675 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
676 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
677 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
678
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000679- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000680 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
681
682 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
683 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
684 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
685 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
686 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
687 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
688 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000689 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100690 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 default environment.
692
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000693 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
694
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800695 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk9b7f3842003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000696 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
697 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
698
Gerald Van Barenfcd91bb2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400699 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200700
701 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400702 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
703 concepts).
704
705 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
706 * New libfdt-based support
707 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500708 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400709
Marcel Ziswilerb29bc712009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200710 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
711 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
712 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
713 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200714 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galae40c2b52006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600715 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denk27a5b0b2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200716
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200717 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
718 addresses
Kim Phillips9b46eb62007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500719
Kumar Gala1e26aa52006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600720 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
721
722 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
723 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000724
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600725 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
726
727 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
728 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
729 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
730 the kernel.
731
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500732 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
733
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200734 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500735 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
736
Heiko Schocherffb293a2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200737 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
738
739 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
740 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
741 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
742 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
743 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
744 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
745
Igor Grinberg06890672011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000746 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
747
748 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
749 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
750 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
751 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
752 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
753 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
754 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
755
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100756- vxWorks boot parameters:
757
758 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
Bin Mengfb694b92015-10-07 20:19:17 -0700759 environments variables: bootdev, bootfile, ipaddr, netmask,
760 serverip, gatewayip, hostname, othbootargs.
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100761 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
762
Niklaus Giger0ab978d2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100763 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
764 the defaults discussed just above.
765
Aneesh V960f5c02011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000766- Cache Configuration:
767 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
768 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
769 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
770
Aneesh V686a0752011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000771- Cache Configuration for ARM:
772 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
773 controller
774 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
775 controller register space
776
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000777- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200778 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000779
780 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
781
Andreas Engel0813b122008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200782 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000783
784 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
785
786 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
787
788 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
789 the clock speed of the UARTs.
790
791 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
792
793 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
794 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
795 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
796
Karicheri, Muralidharancbc08882014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400797 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
798
799 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
800 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000801
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802- Console Interface:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000803 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
804 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
805 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
806 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000807
808 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
809 port routines must be defined elsewhere
810 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
811
812 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
813 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkf6e50a42011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000814 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000815 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
816 (default big endian)
817 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
818 rectangle fill
819 (cf. smiLynxEM)
820 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
821 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
822 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
823 (cols=pitch)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000824 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
825 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000826 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
827 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000828 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000829 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700830 (i.e. rx51_kp_init())
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000831 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700832 (i.e. rx51_kp_tstc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -0700834 (i.e. rx51_kp_getc)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000835 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
836 upper left corner
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000837 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
838 linux_logo.h for logo.
839 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000840 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200841 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842 the logo
843
Pali Rohár4a57da32012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000844 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
845 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
846 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
847
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000848 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
849 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
850 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000851
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000852 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
853 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
854 the "silent" environment variable. See
855 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenk3da587e2003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000856
Heiko Schocher62759562013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200857 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
858 is 0x00.
859 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
860 is 0xa0.
861
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000862- Console Baudrate:
863 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
864 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200865 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
866 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000867
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100868- Console Rx buffer length
869 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
870 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher362447f2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100871 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocher327480a2009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100872 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
873 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
874 the SMC.
875
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000876- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200877 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
878 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
879 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
880 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
881 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
882 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
883 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200884 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200885 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000886
Hans de Goedee355da02015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200887 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
888 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
889
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200890 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
891 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ3c28f482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000892
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000893- Autoboot Command:
894 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
895 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
896 define a command string that is automatically executed
897 when no character is read on the console interface
898 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
899
900 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
902 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
903 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000904
905 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000906 The value of these goes into the environment as
907 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
908 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200909 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000910
Heiko Schocher040c5c32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100911- Bootcount:
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
913 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
914 cycle, see:
915 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
916
917 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
918 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
919 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
920 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
921 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
922 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
923 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
924 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
925 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927- Pre-Boot Commands:
928 CONFIG_PREBOOT
929
930 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
931 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
932 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
933 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
934 entering interactive mode.
935
936 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
937 automatically generated or modified. For an example
938 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
939 modified when the user holds down a certain
940 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
941 booting the systems
942
943- Serial Download Echo Mode:
944 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
945 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
946 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
947 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
948 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
949 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
950 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
951
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500952- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000953 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
954 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200955 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000956
957- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500958 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
959 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warren963a7cf2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000960 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershberger5a9d7f12015-06-22 16:15:30 -0500961 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500963 The default command configuration includes all commands
964 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000965
Marek Vasutc4d8a1b2014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100966 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500967 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500968 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
969 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
970 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
971 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
972 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rini5ce62cd2014-08-14 06:42:36 -0400973 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simeka0d28022013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800975 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500976 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger321ab9e2010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500977 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500978 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
979 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
980 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tyser15258042008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600981 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
982 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
983 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
984 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500985 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
986 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser0deafa22009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500987 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
Nikita Kiryanov37dda1c2016-04-16 17:55:03 +0300989 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM_LAYOUT* EEPROM layout aware commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500990 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger1b0d5512012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600991 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergera2d62b72012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600992 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder94463402013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500993 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000995 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
996 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren3d5a3882014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700997 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
998 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner9f9eec32014-11-12 14:35:04 +0100999 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysinger78dcaf42009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001000 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren4f8662d2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001003 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1004 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001005 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staafd1390c82012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001006 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysinger2ed02412010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001007 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsf0c9d532011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001009 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1011 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1012 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar3df41b12012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001013 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001014 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001015 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001016 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysingerf3ddf202010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001017 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershberger0fd32d72012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001019 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1020 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1021 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1022 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001023 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1025 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001026 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1027 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001028 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001029 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glasseacd14f2012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001030 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001031 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denk9d009282013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001032 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001033 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001034 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1035 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1036 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roeseb1423dd2009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001037 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001038 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001040 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001041 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1044 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1045 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1046 host
1047 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersc889fb42012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001048 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1050 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassbf6ce792012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001051 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001052 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001053 CONFIG_SCSI * SCSI Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001054 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1055 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1056 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1057 (4xx only)
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001058 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001059 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz93d6cb02009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001060 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liua671b702013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001061 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001062 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7aa81a42011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001065 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershberger59f3f522012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001066 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1067 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001069 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasut71729392012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001070 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehléa618f2b2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001071 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak2eb40ee2014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001072 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
1074 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1075 support you can write:
1076
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001077 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1078 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001079
Gerald Van Barend6abef42007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001080 Other Commands:
1081 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001082
1083 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001084 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001085 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1086 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1087 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1088 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1089 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1090 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091
1092
1093 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1094
Simon Glassaa34ef22016-03-13 19:07:28 -06001095- Removal of commands
1096 If no commands are needed to boot, you can disable
1097 CONFIG_CMDLINE to remove them. In this case, the command line
1098 will not be available, and when U-Boot wants to execute the
1099 boot command (on start-up) it will call board_run_command()
1100 instead. This can reduce image size significantly for very
1101 simple boot procedures.
1102
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001103- Regular expression support:
1104 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001105 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1106 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1107 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1108 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denk2aceea12013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001109
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001110- Device tree:
1111 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1112 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1113 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1114 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1115 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1116 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1117
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001118 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1119 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glass38d6b8d2011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001120
1121 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1122 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1123 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1124 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1125 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1126 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass3d686442011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001127
Simon Glass5cb34db2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001128 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1129 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1130 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1131 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1132
1133 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1134
1135 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1136 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1137 still use the individual files if you need something more
1138 exotic.
1139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140- Watchdog:
1141 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1142 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6aa4d7b2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001143 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1144 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1145 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1146 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1147 available, then no further board specific code should
1148 be needed to use it.
1149
1150 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1151 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1152 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1153 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001154
Heiko Schocher735326c2015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001155 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1156 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1157
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001158- U-Boot Version:
1159 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1160 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1161 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1162 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeauce9a1552012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001163 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1164 next reset.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001165
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001166- Real-Time Clock:
1167
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001168 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001169 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1170 following options:
1171
1172 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1173 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam3f8d1782011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001174 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001175 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1fe2c702003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001176 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001177 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk0893c472003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001178 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel90491f22014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001179 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenkef5fe752003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001180 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krillb27939b2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001181 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenkaeba06f2004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001182 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001183 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher1f1b7012011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001184 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1185 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001186
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001187 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1188 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1189
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001190- GPIO Support:
1191 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001192
Chris Packham9b383202010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001193 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1194 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1195 pins supported by a particular chip.
1196
Peter Tyser9902e422008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001197 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1198 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1199
Simon Glass4dc47ca2014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001200- I/O tracing:
1201 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1202 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1203 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1204 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1205 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1206 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1207 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1208 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1209
1210 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1211 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1212 still continue to operate.
1213
1214 iotrace is enabled
1215 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1216 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1217 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1218 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1219 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1220 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1221
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001222- Timestamp Support:
1223
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001224 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1225 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1226 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001227 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001228
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001229- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1230 Zero or more of the following:
1231 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1232 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1233 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1234 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1235 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1236 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1237 disk/part_efi.c
1238 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001239
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001240 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
Simon Glass8706b812016-05-01 11:36:02 -06001241 CONFIG_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc8b1f90a2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001242 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001243
1244- IDE Reset method:
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001245 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1246 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001247
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001248 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1249 be performed by calling the function
1250 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1251 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001252
1253- ATAPI Support:
1254 CONFIG_ATAPI
1255
1256 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1257
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001258- LBA48 Support
1259 CONFIG_LBA48
1260
1261 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher0f602e12009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001262 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001263 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1264 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1265
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001266 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkf602aa02004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001267 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1268 Default is 32bit.
1269
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001270- SCSI Support:
1271 At the moment only there is only support for the
1272 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1273 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1274
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001275 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1276 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1277 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001278 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1279 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001280 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001281
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001282 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1283 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauere50a10e2012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001284
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001285- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk4e112c12003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001286 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffett64b94dd2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001287 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1288
1289 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1290 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1291 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1292 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1293
1294 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1295 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1296 example with the "sspi" command.
1297
1298 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1299 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1300 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001301
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001302 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1303 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001304 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001305 write routine for first time initialisation.
1306
1307 CONFIG_TULIP
1308 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1309 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1310 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1311
1312 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1313 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1314
1315 CONFIG_NS8382X
1316 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1317
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001318- NETWORK Support (other):
1319
Jens Scharsigdab7cb82010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001320 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1321 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1322
1323 CONFIG_RMII
1324 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1325
1326 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1327 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1328 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1329
Rob Herringc9830dc2011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001330 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1331 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1332
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001333 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenkaa603362003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001334 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1335
1336 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1337 Define this to hold the physical address
1338 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1339
1340 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1341 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1342
Ashok93fb8722012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001343 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenk3c711762004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001344 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1345
1346 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1347 Define this to hold the physical address
1348 of the device (I/O space)
1349
1350 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1351 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1352
1353 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1354 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1355 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1356
Heiko Schocher7d037f72011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001357 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1358 Support for davinci emac
1359
1360 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1361 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1362
Macpaul Lin199c6252010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001363 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1364 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1365
1366 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1367 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1368 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1369 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1370 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1371 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1372 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1373 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1374
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001375 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001376 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1377
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001378 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001379 Define this to hold the physical address
1380 of the device (I/O space)
1381
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001382 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001383 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1384
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001385 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001386 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1387 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportf4761af2009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001388 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein1dd48252008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001389
Yoshihiro Shimodaed4cea02011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001390 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1391 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1392
1393 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1394 Define the number of ports to be used
1395
1396 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1397 Define the ETH PHY's address
1398
Yoshihiro Shimoda281aa052011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001399 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1400 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1401
Heiko Schocher2b387762014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001402- PWM Support:
1403 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1404 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1405
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001406- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001407 CONFIG_TPM
1408 Support TPM devices.
1409
Christophe Ricard8759ff82015-10-06 22:54:41 +02001410 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_INFINEON
1411 Support for Infineon i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001412 per system is supported at this time.
1413
Tom Wai-Hong Tame49fed52013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001414 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1415 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1416
Christophe Ricard88249232016-01-21 23:27:13 +01001417 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24
1418 Support for STMicroelectronics TPM devices. Requires DM_TPM support.
1419
1420 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_I2C
1421 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 I2C devices.
1422 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and I2C.
1423
Christophe Ricard5ffadc32016-01-21 23:27:14 +01001424 CONFIG_TPM_ST33ZP24_SPI
1425 Support for STMicroelectronics ST33ZP24 SPI devices.
1426 Requires TPM_ST33ZP24 and SPI.
1427
Dirk Eibach20489092013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001428 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1429 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1430
Che-liang Chiouacea5702013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001431 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendeburydac69642011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001432 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1433 per system is supported at this time.
1434
1435 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1436 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1437 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1438 0xfed40000.
1439
Reinhard Pfau4fece432013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001440 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1441 Add tpm monitor functions.
1442 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1443 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1444
1445 CONFIG_TPM
1446 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1447 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1448 Requires support for a TPM device.
1449
1450 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1451 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1452 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1453
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001454- USB Support:
1455 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001456 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001457 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1458 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenkfb30b4c2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001459 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001460 storage devices.
1461 Note:
1462 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1463 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001464 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1465 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1466 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001467 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1468 for USB on PSC3
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001469 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1470 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1471 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt02848522009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001472 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1473 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Wei063f9ff2007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001475 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1476 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk369d43d2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001477
Simon Glass5978cdb2012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001478 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1479 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1480
Oleksandr Tymoshenko7a881752014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001481 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1482 HW module registers.
1483
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001484- USB Device:
1485 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1486 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1487 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001488 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001489 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1490 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001491 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001492 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1493 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1494 a Linux host by
1495 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1496 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1497 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1498 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001499
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001500 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1501 Define this to build a UDC device
1502
1503 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1504 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1505 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001506
Vipin KUMARbdb17702012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301507 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1508 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1509 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1510 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1511 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1512 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1513 speed.
1514
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001515 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001516 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1517 be set to usbtty.
1518
1519 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001520 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001521 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001522 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001523
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001524 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001525 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001526 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001527
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001528 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001529 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001530 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001531 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1532 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1533 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1534
1535 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1536 Define this string as the name of your company for
1537 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001538
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001539 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1540 Define this string as the name of your product
1541 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001543 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1544 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1545 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1546 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1547 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001548
Wolfgang Denk3f0137b2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001549 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1550 Define this as the unique Product ID
1551 for your device
1552 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denke2601822006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001553
Igor Grinbergac5f6ee2011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001554- ULPI Layer Support:
1555 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1556 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1557 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1558 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1559 viewport is supported.
1560 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1561 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stachf31e4112012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001562 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1563 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1564 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001565
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001566- MMC Support:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001567 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1568 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1569 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001570 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001571 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1572 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenk7a428cc2003-06-15 22:40:42 +00001573
Yoshihiro Shimodadb7717b2011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001574 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1575 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1576
1577 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1578 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1579
1580 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1581 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1582
Pierre Aubertbcc302c2014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001583 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1584 Enable the generic MMC driver
1585
1586 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1587 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1588
1589 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1590 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1591 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1592
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001593- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski045d6052015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001594 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rini58a8d322013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001595 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1596
1597 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1598 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1599 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1600 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1601 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1602
1603 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1604 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1605
Pantelis Antonioucf14d0d2013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001606 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1607 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1608
Afzal Mohammede3c687a2013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301609 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1610 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1611 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1612 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1613 one that would help mostly the developer.
1614
Heiko Schochera2f831e2013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001615 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1616 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1617 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1618 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1619 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1620
Pantelis Antonioua6e788d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001621 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1622 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1623 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1624 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1625 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1626 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1627
Heiko Schochere1ba1512014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001628 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1629 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1630 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1631 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1632
1633 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1634 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1635 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1636 sending again an USB request to the device.
1637
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001638- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowskid55acc02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001639 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1640 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1641
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001642 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1643 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1644 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1645 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1646 used on Android devices.
1647 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1648
1649 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1650 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1651 image format header.
1652
Paul Kocialkowskif84f0912015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001653 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001654 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1655 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1656 downloaded images.
1657
Paul Kocialkowskif84f0912015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001658 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior9d4471e2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001659 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1660 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1661 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1662
Steve Raebfb9ba42014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001663 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1664 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1665 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1666 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1667
1668 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1669 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1670 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1671 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1672
Steve Rae7d059342014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001673 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1674 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1675 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1676 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1677 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1678 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1679 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1680 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1681
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001682- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1683 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1684 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1685 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001687 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1688 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001689 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001691 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001692 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1693 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1694
1695 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001696 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenkda04a8b2004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001697 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1698 have not defined a custom partition
1699
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001700- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1701 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kimb44c8ab2012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001702
1703 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1704 file in FAT formatted partition.
1705
1706 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1707 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kim8f814002011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001708
Gabe Black7f8574c2012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001709CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1710 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1711
1712 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1713 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1714 and cbfsload.
1715
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu1c4cf332014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301716- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1717 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1718
1719 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1720 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001722- Keyboard Support:
Simon Glasseaba37e2015-11-11 10:05:47 -07001723 See Kconfig help for available keyboard drivers.
1724
1725 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1726
1727 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1728 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1729 defined in your board-specific files. This option is deprecated
1730 and is only used by novena. For new boards, use driver model
1731 instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001732
1733- Video support:
1734 CONFIG_VIDEO
1735
1736 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1737 video).
1738
1739 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1740
1741 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1742
1743 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001744 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001745 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1746 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1747 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001748
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001749 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001750 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001751 are possible:
1752 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001753 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001754
1755 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1756 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1757 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1758 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1759 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1760 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1761 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001762 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1763
wdenkd3602132004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001764 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswileraea68562007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001765 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkaea86e42004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001766
1767
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001768 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001769 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenk9dd2b882002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001770 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1771 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1772
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001773 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001774 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001775 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1776 support, and should also define these other macros:
1777
1778 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1779 CONFIG_VIDEO
1780 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1781 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1782 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1783 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1784 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1785 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1786
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001787 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1788 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
Fabio Estevamd3ad5e52016-04-02 11:53:18 -03001789 boot. See the documentation file doc/README.video for a
Timur Tabi32f709e2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001790 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi020edd22011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001791
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001792- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1793
1794 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1795 display); also select one of the supported displays
1796 by defining one of these:
1797
Stelian Popf6f86652008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001798 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1799
1800 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1801
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001802 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001803
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001804 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001805
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001806 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1807
1808 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1809 Active, color, single scan.
1810
1811 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001812
wdenkc0d54ae2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001813 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001814 Active, color, single scan.
1815
1816 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1817
1818 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1819 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1820
1821 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1822
1823 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1824 Active, color, single scan.
1825
1826 CONFIG_HLD1045
1827
1828 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1829 Active, color, single scan.
1830
1831 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1832
1833 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1834 or
1835 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1836 or
1837 Hitachi SP14Q002
1838
1839 320x240. Black & white.
1840
1841 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001842 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001843
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001844 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1845
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001846 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001847 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1848 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1849 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1850 a per-section basis.
1851
Simon Glassaf3e2802012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001852 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1853
1854 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1855 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1856 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1857 is slow.
Simon Glass599a4df2012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001858
Hannes Petermaiera3c8e862015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001859 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1860
1861 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1862 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1863 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1864 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1865 printed out.
1866 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1867 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1868 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1869 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1870 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1871 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1872 1 = 90 degree rotation
1873 2 = 180 degree rotation
1874 3 = 270 degree rotation
1875
1876 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1877 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1878
Tom Wai-Hong Tam79926a42012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001879 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1880
1881 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1882
Tom Wai-Hong Tam6664f202012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001883 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1884
1885 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1886 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1887
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001888- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001889
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001890 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1891 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1892 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenk01686632004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001893 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001894 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1895 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1896 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1897 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001898
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001899 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1900
1901 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1902 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Fabio Estevama58b4912016-03-23 12:46:12 -03001903 (see doc/README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanov2f3e2ca2013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001904 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1905 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1906 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1907 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1908 there is no need to set this option.
1909
Matthias Weisser53884182009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001910 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1911
1912 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1913 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1914 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1915 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1916 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1917 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1918
1919 Example:
1920 setenv splashpos m,m
1921 => image at center of screen
1922
1923 setenv splashpos 30,20
1924 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1925
1926 setenv splashpos -10,m
1927 => vertically centered image
1928 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1929
Stefan Roesed9d97742005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001930- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1931
1932 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1933 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1934 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1935
Anatolij Gustschin6b4e4fc2010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001936- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1937
1938 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1939 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1940 bmp command.
1941
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001942- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wene4e248d2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001943 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1944
1945 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1946 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1947
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001948- Compression support:
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001949 CONFIG_GZIP
1950
1951 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1952
wdenk710e3502003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001953 CONFIG_BZIP2
1954
1955 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1956 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1957 compressed images are supported.
1958
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001959 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001960 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001961 be at least 4MB.
wdenk92bbe3f2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001962
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001963 CONFIG_LZMA
1964
1965 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1966 images is included.
1967
1968 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1969 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1970 formula:
1971
1972 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1973
1974 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1975 and Literal pos bits.
1976
1977 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1978 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1979 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1980 a very small buffer.
1981
1982 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1983 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001984 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellini35afc062008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001985
Kees Cook5b06e642013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001986 CONFIG_LZO
1987
1988 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1989 is included.
1990
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001991- MII/PHY support:
1992 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1993
1994 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1995
1996 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1997
1998 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1999
2000 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2001
2002 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002003 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002004
2005 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2006
2007 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2008 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2009 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2010 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2011
2012 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2013
2014 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2015 command issued before MII status register can be read
2016
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002017- IP address:
2018 CONFIG_IPADDR
2019
2020 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002021 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002022 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002023 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002024
2025- Server IP address:
2026 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2027
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002028 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002030 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002031
Robin Getz470a6d42009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002032 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2033
2034 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2035 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2036
Wolfgang Denk26da2992011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002037- Gateway IP address:
2038 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2039
2040 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2041 default router where packets to other networks are
2042 sent to.
2043 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2044
2045- Subnet mask:
2046 CONFIG_NETMASK
2047
2048 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2049 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2050 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2051 forwarded through a router.
2052 (Environment variable "netmask")
2053
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002054- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2055 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2056
2057 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2058 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002059 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff7280da72007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002060 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2061 multicast group.
2062
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002063- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2064 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2065
2066 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2067 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2068 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2069 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2070 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2071 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2072 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2073 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denkb65aaf92007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002074 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002075
2076 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2077 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2078 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2079 4th and following
2080 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2081
Thierry Reding8977cda2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002082 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2083
2084 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2085 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2086 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2087 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2088 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2089 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2090 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2091 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2092 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2093 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2094 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2095 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2096 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2097 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2098 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2099
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002100- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002101 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2102 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002103
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002104 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2105 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2106 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2107 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2108 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2109 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2110 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2111 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2112 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2113 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2114 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2115 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002116 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002117
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002118 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2119 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002120
Joe Hershberger8ca7fa02012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002121 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2122 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2123 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2124 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2125 is not available.
2126
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002127 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2128 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2129 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2130 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2131 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2132 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2133 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002134 is defined.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002135
2136 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2137 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2138 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan22bcd6e2007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002139 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger5336a762007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002140 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2141 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesee0aadfb2003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002142
Aras Vaichas72aa3f32008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002143 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2144
2145 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2146 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2147 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2148 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2149 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2150 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2151 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2152 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2153 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2154 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2155 this delay.
2156
Joe Hershbergerb35a3a62012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002157 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2158 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2159 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2160 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2161 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2162
2163 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2164
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002165 - CDP Options:
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002166 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002167
2168 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2169
2170 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2171
2172 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2173 of the device.
2174
2175 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2176
2177 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2178 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002179 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002180
2181 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2182
2183 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2184 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2185
2186 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2187
2188 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2189
2190 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2191
2192 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2193
2194 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2195
2196 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2197
2198 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2199
2200 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2201 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2202
2203 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2204
2205 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2206
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002207- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2208
2209 Several configurations allow to display the current
2210 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2211 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2212 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2213 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2214 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2215 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2216 feature in U-Boot.
2217
Igor Grinberg4997a9e2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002218 Additional options:
2219
2220 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2221 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2222 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2223 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2224 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2225
Igor Grinberg203bd9f2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002226 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2227 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2228 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2229 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2230 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2231 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2232
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002233- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2234
2235 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2236 on those systems that support this (optional)
2237 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2238
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002239- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002240
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002241 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2242 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2243 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2244 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2245 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2246 interface.
2247
2248 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002249 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2250 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2251 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2252 for defining speed and slave address
2253 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2254 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2255 for defining speed and slave address
2256 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2257 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2258 for defining speed and slave address
2259 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2260 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2261 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002262
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002263 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2264 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2265 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2266 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2267 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2268 bus.
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002269 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocherf2850742012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002270 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2271 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2272 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2273 second bus.
2274
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002275 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu045acfa2013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002276 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2277 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2278 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass026fefb2012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002279
Dirk Eibach42b204f2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002280 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2281 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2282 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2283 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2284
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002285 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2286 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002287 - enable bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1
2288 - enable bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C2
2289 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2290 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002291 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2292 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2293 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2294 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2295 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2296 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Albert ARIBAUD \\(3ADEV\\)eb943872015-09-21 22:43:38 +02002297 - define speed for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SPEED
2298 - define slave for bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C4_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002299 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
trema49f40a2013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002300 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2301
Nobuhiro Iwamatsue94ea2f2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002302 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2303 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2304 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2305
2306 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2307 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2308 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2309 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2310 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2311 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2312 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2313 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2314 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2315
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002316 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2317 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2318 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2319
2320 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2321 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2322 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2323 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2324 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2325 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2326 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2327 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2328 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2329 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2330 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2331 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002332 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu12240102013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002333
Heiko Schocherf53f2b82013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002334 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2335 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2336 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2337 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2338 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2339 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2340 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2341 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2342 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2343 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2344 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2345 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2346
Heiko Schocher465819a2013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002347 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2348 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2349 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2350 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2351
Naveen Krishna Ch5d5efd32013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302352 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2353 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2354 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2355 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2356 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2357
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002358 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2359 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2360 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2361 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2362 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2363 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2364 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2365 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2366 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2367 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2368 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2369 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2371 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
Dirk Eibach9ac33852015-10-28 11:46:22 +01002372 - activate dual channel with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_DUAL
2373 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0_1 speed channel 0_1
2374 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0_1 slave addr channel 0_1
2375 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1_1 speed channel 1_1
2376 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1_1 slave addr channel 1_1
2377 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2_1 speed channel 2_1
2378 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2_1 slave addr channel 2_1
2379 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3_1 speed channel 3_1
2380 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3_1 slave addr channel 3_1
Dirk Eibachb9577432014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002381
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002382 additional defines:
2383
2384 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002385 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002386 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2387 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2388 omit this define.
2389
2390 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2391 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2392 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2393 omit this define.
2394
2395 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2396 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2397 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2398 define.
2399
2400 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002401 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002402 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2403 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2404 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2405
2406 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2407 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2408 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2409 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2410 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2411 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2412 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2413 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2414 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2415 }
2416
2417 which defines
2418 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002419 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2420 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2421 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2422 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2423 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002424 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002425 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2426 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002427
2428 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2429
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002430- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schochere0e55bc2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002431
2432 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2433 provides the following compelling advantages:
2434
2435 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2436 - approved multibus support
2437 - better i2c mux support
2438
2439 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002440
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002441 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2442 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2443 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002444
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002445 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002446 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002447 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2448 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002449 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002450
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002451 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002452
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002453 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002454 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002455
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002456 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002457 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002458 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002459 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002460
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002461 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002462 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tysere4d1abc2010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002463 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2464 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2465 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002466
Eric Millbrandt12990a42009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002467 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2468
2469 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2470 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2471 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2472 commands until the slave device responds.
2473
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002474 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002475
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002476 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002477 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2478 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002479
2480 I2C_INIT
2481
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002482 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002483 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002484
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002485 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002486
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002487 I2C_PORT
2488
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002489 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2490 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2491 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002492
2493 I2C_ACTIVE
2494
2495 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2496 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2497 define can be null.
2498
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002499 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2500
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002501 I2C_TRISTATE
2502
2503 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2504 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2505 define can be null.
2506
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002507 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2508
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002509 I2C_READ
2510
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002511 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2512 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002513
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002514 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2515
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002516 I2C_SDA(bit)
2517
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002518 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2519 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002520
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002521 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002522 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002523 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002524
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002525 I2C_SCL(bit)
2526
York Sun4a598092013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002527 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2528 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002529
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002530 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002531 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002532 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002534 I2C_DELAY
2535
2536 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2537 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002538 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk21136db2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002539 like:
2540
wdenkb9bbd242003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002541 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002542
Mike Frysingeree12d542010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002543 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2544
2545 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2546 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2547 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2548 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2549
2550 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2551 the generic GPIO functions.
2552
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002553 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002554
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002555 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2556 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2557 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2558 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2559 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2560 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2561 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2562 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002563
Richard Retanubundf0149c2010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002564 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2565
2566 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2567 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2568 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2569 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2570 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2571 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2572 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2573 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2574
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002575 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2576
2577 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2578 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2579 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2580
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002581 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2582
2583 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002584 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2585 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002586 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002588 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002589
2590 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002591 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002592 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2593 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002594
2595 e.g.
2596 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002597 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002598
2599 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2600
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002601 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002602 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002603
2604 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002606 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002607
2608 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2609 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002611 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002612
2613 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2614 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002616 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese096cc9b2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002617
2618 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2619 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002621 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo31856dd2008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002622
2623 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2624 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2625 specified DTT device.
2626
Andrew Dyer58c41f92008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002627 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2628
2629 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2630 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2631 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2632 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2633 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2634 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2635 the other.
Timur Tabiab347542006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002636
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2638
2639 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2640 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2641 D/As on the SACSng board)
2642
Yoshihiro Shimoda65bd9b42011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002643 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2644
2645 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2646 only SH7757 is supported.
2647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002648 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2649
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002650 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2651 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2652 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2653 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2654 defined, the board configuration must define several
2655 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2656 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002657
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002658 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2659
2660 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2661 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2662 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002663 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren7efe9272008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002664 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2665
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002666 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2667
2668 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevamdcd342c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002669 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski07327a52008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002670
Heiko Schocherb77c8882014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002671 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2672 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2673 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2674
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002675- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002676
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002677 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2678
2679 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2680
2681 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2682 (ALTERA, XILINX)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002683
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002684 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002685
Matthias Fuchsa4400872007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002686 Enables support for FPGA family.
2687 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2688
2689 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2690
2691 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692
Siva Durga Prasad Paladuguadc11de2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302693 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2694
2695 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2696
Michal Simek64c70982014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002697 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2698
2699 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2700
2701 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2702
2703 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2704 (Xilinx only)
2705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002706 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002708 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002709
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002710 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002712 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2713 status by the configuration function. This option
2714 will require a board or device specific function to
2715 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716
2717 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2718
2719 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2720 configuration driver.
2721
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002722 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2724
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002725 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002726
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002727 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2728 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2729 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2730 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002732 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002734 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2735 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002736 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002737 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002739 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002740
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002741 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002742 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002744 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002746 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002747 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002748
2749- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roese141ed202014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002750 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2751
2752 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2753 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2754 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2755 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2756 make / MAKEALL.
2757
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002758 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2759
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002760 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2761 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002762
2763- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2764
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002765 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2766 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002767 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002768 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2769 protects these variables from casual modification by
2770 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2771 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002772 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002773
2774 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2775 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenkcc1e2562003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002776 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777 these parameters.
2778
Joe Hershberger76f353e2015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002779 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2780 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002781 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002782 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2783 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2784 read-only.]
2785
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002786 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2787 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2788 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2789 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2790
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002791- Protected RAM:
2792 CONFIG_PRAM
2793
2794 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2795 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2796 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2797 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2798 this default value by defining an environment
2799 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2800 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2801 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2802 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2803 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2804 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2805 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2806
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002807 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808 saveenv
2809
2810 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2811 either, which results in a memory region that will
2812 not be affected by reboots.
2813
2814 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2815 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2816 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2817 following board configurations are known to be
2818 "pRAM-clean":
2819
Wolfgang Denk90326762012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002820 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2821 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denkcd4e42e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002822 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002823
Gabe Blacka2f3a932012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002824- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2825 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2826 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2827 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2828 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2829 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2830 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002832- Error Recovery:
2833 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2834
2835 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2836 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2837 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002838 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002839 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2840 useful during development since you can try to debug
2841 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2842
2843 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2844
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002845 This variable defines the number of retries for
2846 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2847 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2848 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002849
Guennadi Liakhovetskib38c2b32008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002850 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2851
2852 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2853
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi147e3902012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002854 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2855
2856 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2857 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2858 try longer timeout such as
2859 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2860
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk81352ed2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002862 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk3902d702004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002863
2864 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2865
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002866 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002867
2868 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2869 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2870 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2871
2872 Note:
2873
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002874 In the current implementation, the local variables
2875 space and global environment variables space are
2876 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2877 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2878 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2879 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2880 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002881
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002882 Global environment variables are those you use
2883 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2884 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2885 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002886
2887 To store commands and special characters in a
2888 variable, please use double quotation marks
2889 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2890 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2891 symbols.
2892
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002893- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002894 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2895
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002896 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002897 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denk2039a072006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002898
Marek Vasut734fb042016-01-27 04:47:55 +01002899- Command Line PS1/PS2 support:
2900 CONFIG_CMDLINE_PS_SUPPORT
2901
2902 Enable support for changing the command prompt string
2903 at run-time. Only static string is supported so far.
2904 The string is obtained from environment variables PS1
2905 and PS2.
2906
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002907- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002908 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2909
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002910 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2911 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002912 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk591dda52002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002913
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002914 For example, place something like this in your
2915 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002916
2917 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2918 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2919 "myvar2=value2\0"
2920
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002921 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2922 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2923 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2924 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002925 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926 You better know what you are doing here.
2927
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002928 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2929 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002930 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002931 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002932
Stephen Warren1465d5f2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002933 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2934
2935 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2936 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2937 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2938
2939 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2940
2941 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2942 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2943 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2944 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2945 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2946
Tom Rini4c8cc9b2012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002947 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2948
2949 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2950 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2951 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2952
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002953 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2954
2955 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002956 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass6b8d5fd2012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002957 that so that the environment is not available until
2958 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2959 this is instead controlled by the value of
2960 /config/load-environment.
2961
Chris Packham2216ddb2015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002962- Parallel Flash support:
2963 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
2964
Bin Meng75574052016-02-05 19:30:11 -08002965 Traditionally U-Boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
Chris Packham2216ddb2015-06-19 20:25:59 +12002966 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
2967 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
2968 parallel flash.
2969
2970 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
2971 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
2972 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
2973 flash API (see include/flash.h).
2974
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002975- DataFlash Support:
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002976 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2977
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002978 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2979 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2980 commands cp, md...
wdenk381669a2003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002981
Eric Nelson97f5f8f2012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002982- Serial Flash support
2983 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2984
2985 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2986 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2987
2988 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2989 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2990 commands.
2991
2992 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2993 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2994 flash is present on the system.
2995
2996 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2997 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2998 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2999 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3000
Simon Glass4b5545e2012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003001 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3002
3003 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3004 test ('sf test').
3005
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303006 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3007
3008 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3009 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003010 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekid7f253b2014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303011
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003012- SystemACE Support:
3013 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3014
3015 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3016 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003017 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003018 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003019
3020 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenkef893942004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003022
3023 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3024 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3025
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003026- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3027 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3028
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003029 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003030 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003031 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003032 number generator is used.
3033
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003034 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3035 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3036 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3037
3038 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003039 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3040 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3041 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3042 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3043 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3044 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3045
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003046- Hashing support:
3047 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3048
3049 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3050 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3051
3052 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3053
3054 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3055 size a little.
3056
gaurav ranaef201592015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303057 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3058 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3059 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3060 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3061 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3062 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3063 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3064 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3065 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3066 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3067 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3068 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glass058bb8d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003069
3070 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3071 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3072
Robert Winkler765ccf42013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003073- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3074 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3075 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3076 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3077
3078 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3079 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3080 a boot from specific media.
3081
3082 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3083 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3084 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3085 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3086 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3087
Heiko Schocher443ca402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003088- bootcount support:
3089 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3090
3091 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3092 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3093
3094 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3095 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3096 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3097 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3098 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3099 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3100 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3101 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3102 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3103 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3104 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3105 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3106 the bootcounter.
3107 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass35191a32013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003108
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003109- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003110 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3111
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003112 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3113 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3114 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3115 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3116 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3117 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003118
Simon Glass0fa36a42012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003119
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003120Legacy uImage format:
3121
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003122 Arg Where When
3123 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003124 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003125 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003126 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003127 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003128 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003129 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3130 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3131 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003132 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003133 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3134 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3135 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3136 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003137 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003139
3140 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3141 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3142 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3143 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3144 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3145 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3146 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003147 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003148 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3149 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3150
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003151 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003153 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenkd729d302004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003154 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3155 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenke97d3d92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003156
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003157 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3158 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3159 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3160 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3161 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3162 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3163 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3164 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3165 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3166 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3167 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3168 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3169 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3170 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3171 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3172 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3173 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3174 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3175 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3176 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3177 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3178 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3179 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3180 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3181 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3182 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3183 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3184 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3185 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3186 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3187 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3188 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3189 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3190 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3191 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3192 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3193 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3194 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3195 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3196 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3197 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3198 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3199 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3200 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3201 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3202 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3203 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003204
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003205 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003206
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003207 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003208 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3209 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003211 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerc80b41b02015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003212 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3213 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3214 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003215 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3216 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk85c25df2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003217 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3218 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher633e03a2007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003219 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003220
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003221FIT uImage format:
3222
3223 Arg Where When
3224 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3225 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3226 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3227 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3228 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3229 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowicz0cd4f3d2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003230 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003231 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3232 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3233 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3234 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3235 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003236 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3237 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003238 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3239 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3240 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3241 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3242 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3243 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3244 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3245 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3246
3247 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3248 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3249 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003250 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003251 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3252 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3253 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3254 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3255 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3256 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3257 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3258 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3259 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3260 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3261 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3262 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3263
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003264 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003265 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3266
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003267 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003268 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3269
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003270 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003271 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3272
Heiko Schocher515eb122014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003273- legacy image format:
3274 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3275 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3276
3277 Default:
3278 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3279
3280 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3281 disable the legacy image format
3282
3283 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3284 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3285
Gabe Blackd572e162012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003286- FIT image support:
Dirk Eibach88919ca2014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003287 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3288 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3289 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3290 with this option.
3291
Simon Glasse3ee2fb2016-02-22 22:55:43 -07003292 TODO(sjg@chromium.org): Adjust this option to be positive,
3293 and move it to Kconfig
3294
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003295- Standalone program support:
3296 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3297
Wolfgang Denk23f78482011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003298 This option defines a board specific value for the
3299 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3300 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003301 settings.
3302
3303- Frame Buffer Address:
3304 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3305
3306 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denka71eb8e2013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003307 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3308 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3309 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3310 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3311 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3312 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3313 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003314
3315 Please see board_init_f function.
3316
Detlev Zundel0ecb6112009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003317- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3318 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3319 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3320 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3321
3322 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3323 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3324
3325- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3326 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3327
3328 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3329 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3330
3331 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3332
3333 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3334 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3335
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003336- UBI support
3337 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3338
3339 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3340 with the UBI flash translation layer
3341
3342 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3343
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003344 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3345
3346 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3347 warnings and errors enabled.
3348
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003349
3350 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3351 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3352 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3353 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3354 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3355 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3356
3357 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3358 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3359 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3360 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3361 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3362
3363 default: 4096
Simon Glass6c0be912014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003364
Heiko Schocherf5895d12014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003365 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3366 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3367 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3368 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3369 flash), this value is ignored.
3370
3371 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3372 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3373 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3374 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3375 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3376 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3377
3378 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3379 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3380 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3381 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3382 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3383 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3384 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3385 partition.
3386
3387 default: 20
3388
3389 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3390 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3391 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3392 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3393 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3394 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3395 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3396 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3397 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3398 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3399 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3400 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3401
3402 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3403 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3404 without a fastmap.
3405 default: 0
3406
Heiko Schocher94b66de2015-10-22 06:19:21 +02003407 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FM_DEBUG
3408 Enable UBI fastmap debug
3409 default: 0
3410
Joe Hershberger7d80fc12013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003411- UBIFS support
3412 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3413
3414 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3415 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3416
3417 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3418
Joe Hershberger47550fc2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003419 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3420
3421 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3422 warnings and errors enabled.
3423
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003424- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003425 CONFIG_SPL
3426 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003427
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003428 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3429 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3430
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003431 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3432 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3433 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3434 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003435 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003436 must not be both defined at the same time.
3437
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003438 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003439 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3440 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3441 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3442 not exceed it.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003443
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003444 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3445 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003446
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003447 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3448 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3449 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3450
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003451 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3452 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3453
3454 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003455 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3456 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3457 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUDafab1482013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003458 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUDe916e052013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003459 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003460
3461 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3462 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3463
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)287b0942015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003464 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3465 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3466 loaded does not have a signature.
3467 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3468 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3469 will be caught.
3470 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3471 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3472 and thus should be skipped silently.
3473
Marek Vasutbf541b22016-04-29 00:44:55 +02003474 CONFIG_SPL_ABORT_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3475 When defined, SPL will proceed to another boot method
3476 if the image it has loaded does not have a signature.
3477
Scott Woodc4f0d002012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003478 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3479 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3480 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3481 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3482
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003483 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3484 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Fabio Estevam38e1a972015-11-12 12:30:19 -02003485 When this option is set the full malloc is used in SPL and
3486 it is set up by spl_init() and before that, the simple malloc()
3487 can be used if CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F is defined.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003488
3489 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3490 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003491
Tom Rini28591df2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003492 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3493 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3494 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3495 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3496
Tom Rinic2b76002014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003497 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3498 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3499 See also: doc/README.falcon
3500
Tom Rinife3b0c72012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003501 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3502 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3503 about the running system.
3504
Scott Wood7c810902012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003505 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3506 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3507
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003508 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3509 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003510
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003511 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3512 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003513
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003514 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3515 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003516
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003517 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3518 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003519
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003520 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3521 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003522
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003523 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3524 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003525 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003526 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3527
Paul Kocialkowski17675c82014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003528 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3529 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3530 used in raw mode
3531
Peter Korsgaard01b542f2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003532 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3533 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3534 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3535
3536 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3537 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3538 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3539 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3540 (for falcon mode)
3541
Paul Kocialkowski341e8cd2014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003542 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3543 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3544 used in fs mode
3545
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003546 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3547 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3548
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003549 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3550 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003551
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003552 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3553 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3554
3555 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003556 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003557 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003558
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003559 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003560 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDET5065b712014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003561 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard465f1f82013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003562
Scott Wood2b36fbb2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003563 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3564 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3565 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3566 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3567 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3568
Prabhakar Kushwaha6e2b9a32014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303569 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3570 Avoid SPL relocation
3571
Scott Woodc352a0c2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003572 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3573 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3574 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3575
3576 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3577 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3578
3579 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3580 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3581
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003582 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003583 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3584 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003585
Thomas Gleixner820d24d2016-07-12 20:28:12 +02003586 CONFIG_SPL_UBI
3587 Support for a lightweight UBI (fastmap) scanner and
3588 loader
3589
Tom Rini543c9f12014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003590 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3591 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3592 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3593
Heiko Schochercf000272014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003594 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3595 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3596 if you need to save space.
3597
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003598 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3599 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sunf0626592013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003600 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhang9ff70262013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003601
Ying Zhangdfb2b152013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003602 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3603 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3604 SPL binary.
3605
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003606 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3607 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3608 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3609 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3610 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3611 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003612 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003613
Prabhakar Kushwahaafffcb02013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303614 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3615 Add support NAND boot
3616
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003617 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003618 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3619
3620 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3621 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3622
3623 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3624 Size of image to load
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003625
3626 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood36c440e2012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003627 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003628
3629 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3630 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003631 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini36853852012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003632
3633 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3634 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3635 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3636
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003637 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3638 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003639
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003640 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3641 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003642
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003643 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3644 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck39ca08e2011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003645
Pavel Machekde997252012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003646 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3647 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3648
Wolfgang Denk825223d2011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003649 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3650 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz74eb4ae2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003651
Ying Zhang602f7d32013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003652 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3653 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3654
3655 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3656 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3657 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3658 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3659
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003660 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeauf0180722013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003661 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3662 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3663 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3664 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3665 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Woodeb7bd972012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003666
Scott Woodf147eb72012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003667 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3668 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3669 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3670 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3671
Simon Glass82d94532013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003672 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3673 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3674 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3675 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3676 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3677
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003678- TPL framework
3679 CONFIG_TPL
3680 Enable building of TPL globally.
3681
3682 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3683 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3684 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denkec7fbf52013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003685 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3686 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3687 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003688
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003689- Interrupt support (PPC):
3690
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003691 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3692 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003693 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003694 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003695 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003696 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003697 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003698 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3699 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3700 general timer_interrupt().
wdenkc0aa5c52003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003701
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003702
Helmut Raigerd5a184b2011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003703Board initialization settings:
3704------------------------------
3705
3706During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3707to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3708before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3709following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3710architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3711typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3712
3713- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3714- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3715- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3716- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003717
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718Configuration Settings:
3719-----------------------
3720
York Sun6c480012014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003721- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3722 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003724- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003725 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3726
Peter Tyserdfb72b82009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003727- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3728 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3729
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003730- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003731 prompt for user input.
3732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003733- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003734
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003735- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003736
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003737- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003738
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003739- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003740 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3741 booted
3742
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003743- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3745
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003746- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003747 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003749- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003750 If the board specific function
3751 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3752 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003753 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3754
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003755- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003756 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003757
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003758- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003759 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3760
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003761- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003762 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3763 simple memory test.
3764
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003765- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003766 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003768- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5958f4a2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003769 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3770 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3771
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003772- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003773 Only implemented for ARMv8 for now.
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003774 If defined, the size of CONFIG_SYS_MEM_RESERVE_SECURE memory
3775 is substracted from total RAM and won't be reported to OS.
3776 This memory can be used as secure memory. A variable
York Sun1ef95cc2016-06-24 16:46:18 -07003777 gd->arch.secure_ram is used to track the location. In systems
York Sun5d286cd2015-12-04 11:57:07 -08003778 the RAM base is not zero, or RAM is divided into banks,
3779 this variable needs to be recalcuated to get the address.
3780
York Sun50739372015-12-07 11:05:29 -08003781- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003782 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003783 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003784 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003785 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3786 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3787 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003788 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003789 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese37f31bf2008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003790 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roesea13709f2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003791
3792 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3793 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3794 be touched.
3795
3796 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3797 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3798 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3799 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3800 problems.
3801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003802- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3804
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003805- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003806 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3807
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003808- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003809 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3810 Cogent motherboard)
3811
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003812- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003813 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3814
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003815- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003816 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3817 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk0708bc62010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003818 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003819 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003820
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003821- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003822 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3823 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3824 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3825 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003826
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003827- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003828 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3829
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003830- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3831 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3832 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3833 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3834 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3835 space.
3836
3837 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3838 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3839 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003840 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glass863e4042014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003841 U-Boot relocates itself.
3842
Simon Glass9fa901b2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003843- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3844 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3845 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3846 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3847
Thierry Redingc97d9742014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003848- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3849 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3850 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3851 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3852 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3853 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3854 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3855 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3856 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3857 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3858 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3859 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3860 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3861 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3862 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3863 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3864
3865 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003867- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003868 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3869 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003870 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese5d5ce292006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003871 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3872
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003873- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003874 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3875 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003876 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3877 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003878 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003879 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003880 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003881 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3882 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3883 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884
John Rigbyeea8e692010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003885- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3886 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3887 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3888 is enabled.
3889
3890- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3891 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3892 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3893
3894- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3895 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3896 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3897
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003898- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003899 Max number of Flash memory banks
3900
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003901- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3903
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003904- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003905 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3906
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003907- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003908 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003910- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003911 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3912
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003913- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003914 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3915
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003916- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenkdccbda02003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003917 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3918 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3919
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003920- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003921
3922 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3923 without this option such a download has to be
3924 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3925 copy from RAM to flash.
3926
3927 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3928 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003929 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3930 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3932
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003933- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003934 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003935 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3936
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD8d94c232008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003937- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk2cefd152004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003938 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3939 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
Piotr Ziecik3e939e92008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003941- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3942 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3943 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3944 to the MTD layer.
3945
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003946- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski183284f2008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003947 Use buffered writes to flash.
3948
3949- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3950 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3951 write commands.
3952
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003953- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roesec443fe92005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003954 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3955 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3956 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3957 optionally available.
3958
Jerry Van Barenaae73572008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003959- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3960 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3961 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3962 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3963
Stefan Roesed20cba52013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003964- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3965 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3966 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3967 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3968 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3969 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3970 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3971 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3972
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003973- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003974 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3975 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003976 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3977 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003978 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese94ef1cf2003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003979 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3980
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003981- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3982
Wolfgang Denk1136f692010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003983 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3984 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3985 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3986 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3987 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denk460a9ff2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003988
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003989- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3990- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day832d36e2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003991 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003992 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3993 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3994 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3995
3996 The format of the list is:
3997 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003998 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
3999 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004000 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4001 list = entry[,list]
4002
4003 The type attributes are:
4004 s - String (default)
4005 d - Decimal
4006 x - Hexadecimal
4007 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4008 i - IP address
4009 m - MAC address
4010
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004011 The access attributes are:
4012 a - Any (default)
4013 r - Read-only
4014 o - Write-once
4015 c - Change-default
4016
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004017 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4018 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004019 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger71497d02012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004020
4021 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4022 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4023 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4024 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4025 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4026 ".flags" variable.
4027
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004028 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4029 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4030 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4031
Joe Hershberger6fe26c92012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004032- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4033 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4034 access flags.
4035
Lokesh Vutla100c2d82013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004036- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4037 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4038 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004039 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass9c9f44a2013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004040
Gabe Black3687fe42014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004041- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4042 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4043 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4044 building U-Boot to enable this.
4045
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004046The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4047of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4048following configurations:
4049
Mike Frysinger63b8f122011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004050- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4051
4052 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4053 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4054
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004055- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
4057 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4058
4059 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4060 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4061 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4062 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4063 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4064 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4065 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4066 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4067 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4068 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4069 between U-Boot and the environment.
4070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004071 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004072
4073 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4074 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4075 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4076 for this sector is given here.
4077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004078 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004079
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004080 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004081
4082 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4083 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004084 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004085
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004086 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
4088 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4089
4090
4091 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4092 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4093 the environment.
4094
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004095 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004096
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD53db4cd2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004097 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004098 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004099 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4100 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4101
4102 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4103 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4104 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4105 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4106 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4107 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4108 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4109 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4110 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004112 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4113 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004114
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004115 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004116 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenkb02744a2003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004117 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004118 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
4120BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4121source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4122accordingly!
4123
4124
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDfdb79c32008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004125- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004126
4127 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4128 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4129 environment.
4130
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004131 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4132 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004133
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004134 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004135 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4136 can just be read and written to, without any special
4137 provision.
4138
4139BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004140in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004141console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142U-Boot will hang.
4143
4144Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4145environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4146keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4147to save the current settings.
4148
4149
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDe46af642008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004150- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
4152 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4153 device and a driver for it.
4154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004155 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4156 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004157
4158 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4159 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4160
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004161 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4163 The default address is zero.
4164
Christian Gmeiner4c5b7542015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004165 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4166 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4167
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004168 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004169 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4170 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4171 would require six bits.
4172
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004173 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004174 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenk544e9732004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004175 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004176
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004177 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004178 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4179 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004181 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004182 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4183 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4184 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4185 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4186 byte chips.
4187
4188 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4189 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4190 in the chip address.
4191
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004192 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004193 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4194
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004195 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4196 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4197 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4198
4199 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4200 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4201 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4202 EEPROM. For example:
4203
Heiko Schocher479a4cf2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004204 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher9bb0dd52010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004205
4206 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4207 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD2b14d2b2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004209- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004210
wdenk1ebf41e2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004211 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004212 want to use for the environment.
4213
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004214 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4215 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4216 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004217
4218 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4219 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4220 at the specified address.
4221
Wu, Josh76db7bf2014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004222- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4223
4224 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4225 want to use for the environment.
4226
4227 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4228 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4229
4230 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4231 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4232 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4233
4234 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4235
4236 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4237
4238 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4239
4240 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4241 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4242 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4243 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4244 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4245
4246 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4247 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4248
4249 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4250
4251 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4252
4253 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4254
4255 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4256
4257 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4258
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004259- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4260
4261 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4262 want to use for the local device's environment.
4263
4264 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4265 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4266
4267 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4268 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4269 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004270 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004271
4272BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4273"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004274environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4275but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang85bcd732012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004276
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDdda84dd2008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004277- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004278
4279 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4280 for the environment.
4281
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004282 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4283 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk79b59372004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004284
4285 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004286 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4287 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk86765902003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004288
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004289 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004290
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD7e1cda62008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004291 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004292 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4293 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004294 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004295 aligned to an erase block boundary.
4296
4297 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4298
4299 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4300 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4301 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4302 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4303 the range to be avoided.
4304
4305 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004306
Scott Wood08239322010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004307 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4308 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4309 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4310 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4311 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuecher5d113e02006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004312
Guennadi Liakhovetskifad24442009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004313- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4314
4315 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4316 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4317 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4318
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004319- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4320
4321 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4322 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4323 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4324
4325 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4326
4327 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4328
4329 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4330
4331 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4332 environment in.
4333
Joe Hershbergerdb14e862013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004334 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4335
4336 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4337 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4338 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4339
Joe Hershberger0c5faa82013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004340 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4341 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4342
4343 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4344 when storing the env in UBI.
4345
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004346- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4347 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4348
4349 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4350
4351 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4352
4353 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4354
4355 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4356 be as following:
4357
4358 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4359 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4360 partition table.
4361 - "D:0": device D.
4362 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4363 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4364 table.
4365 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004366 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004367 partition table then means device D.
4368
4369 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4370
4371 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004372 environment.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004373
4374 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004375 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Josha7d0c872014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004376
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004377- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4378
4379 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4380 environment.
4381
4382 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4383
4384 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4385
4386 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4387
4388 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4389 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4390 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4391
4392 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4393 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4394
4395 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4396 area within the specified MMC device.
4397
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004398 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4399 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4400 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4401 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4402 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4403 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4404 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4405
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004406 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4407 MMC sector boundary.
4408
4409 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4410
4411 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4412 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4413 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4414 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4415
Stephen Warren24dc2032013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004416 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4417 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4418
Stephen Warreneedcacd2013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004419 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4420 an MMC sector boundary.
4421
4422 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4423
4424 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4425 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4426 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4427
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004428- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004429
4430 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4431 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4432 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4433 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4434 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4435 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4436 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4437
Bruce Adleredecc942007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004438Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004439has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denk76af2782010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004440created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441until then to read environment variables.
4442
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004443The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4444is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4445with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4446necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4447"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4448have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004449
4450Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4451the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004452use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004453
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004454- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004455 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004456
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004457 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenk49c3f672003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004458 also needs to be defined.
4459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004460- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004461 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004462
Ron Madriddfa028a2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004463- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4464 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4465 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4466 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4467 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4468 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4469
Simon Glass28a9e332012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004470- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4471 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4472 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4473 to do this.
4474
Simon Glasse8822012012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004475- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4476 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4477 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4478 present.
4479
Sascha Silbe4b9c17c2013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004480- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4481 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4482 build system checks that the actual size does not
4483 exceed it.
4484
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004485Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkc8434db2003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004486---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004487
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004488- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4490
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004491- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2bb11052003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004493
wdenk9c53f402003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004494 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4495 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4496 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004498- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4499 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4500 PowerPC SOCs.
4501
4502- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4503 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4504 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4505
4506 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4507 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4508
4509- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4510 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4511 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004512 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004513 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4514 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4515 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4516
4517 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4518 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4519
4520- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denkd590fb12011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004521 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4522 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabid8f341c2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004523 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4524 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4525
4526- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4527 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4528 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4529 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4530
4531- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4532 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4533 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4534
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004535- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004536 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004537
4538 the default drive number (default value 0)
4539
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004540 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004541
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004542 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004543 (default value 1)
4544
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004545 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004546
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004547 defines the offset of register from address. It
4548 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004549 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004550
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004551 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4552 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004553 default value.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004554
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004555 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004556 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4557 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004558 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004559 initializations.
wdenk1272e232002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004560
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004561- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4562 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4563 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4564 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4565 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4566 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004567 is required.
Macpaul Lind1e49942011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004569- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004570 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenkb3a4a702004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004571 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004573- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004574
wdenkeb20ad32003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004575 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004576 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4577 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4578 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4579 will become available only after programming the
4580 memory controller and running certain initialization
4581 sequences.
4582
4583 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4584 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4585 - MPC824X: data cache
4586 - PPC4xx: data cache
4587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004588- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004589
4590 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004591 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4592 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk1c2e98e2010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004594 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004595 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4596 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4597 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004598
4599 Note:
4600 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4601 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004602 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004603 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4604 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4605
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004606- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004608- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004609
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004610- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004612- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004614- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004616- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004618- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619 SDRAM timing
4620
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004621- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004622 periodic timer for refresh
4623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004624- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004626- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4627 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4628 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4629 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004630 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4631
4632- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004633 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4634 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004635 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4636
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004637- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4638 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004639 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4640 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004642- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4644 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4645
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004646- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherc8148ed2008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004647 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4648 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4649
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004650- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004651 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4652 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004654- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004655 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4656 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4657 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4658
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004659- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004660 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4661 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4662 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4663 cpm_8260.h.
wdenk2029f4d2002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004665- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4666 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4667 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4668 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4669 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4670 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4671 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4672 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004673 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenkbf2f8c92003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004674
Dirk Eibach378d1ca2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004675- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4676 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4677 required.
4678
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004679- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004680 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp61d47ca2012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004681 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4682 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4683 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4684 by coreboot or similar.
4685
Gabor Juhosb4458732013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004686- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4687 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4688
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004689- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4690 Chip has SRIO or not
4691
4692- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4693 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4694
4695- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4696 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4697
Liu Gang27afb9c2013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004698- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4699 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4700
Kumar Gala8975d7a2010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004701- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4702 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4703
4704- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4705 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4706
4707- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4708 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4709
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004710- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4711 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4712 a 16 bit bus.
4713 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004714 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevamf17e8782013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004715 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevam417052b2013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004716 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermancd6aae32011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004717
4718- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4719 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4720 a default value will be used.
4721
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004722- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004723 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4724 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4725
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004726 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4727 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004729- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004730 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4731 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4732 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warren45657152006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004733
York Sune73cc042011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004734- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4735 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4736 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4737 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4738 header files or board specific files.
4739
York Sunbd495cf2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004740- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4741 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4742
York Sun8ced0502015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004743- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4744 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4745
York Sunb6a35f82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004746- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4747 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004749- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004750 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4751 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi054838e2006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004752
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004753- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4754 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4755
4756- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4757 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk05939202004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004758 to the given FEC; i. e.
4759 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenk6203e402004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004760 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4761
4762 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4763
4764- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4765 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4766 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4767
4768- CONFIG_RMII
4769 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4770 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4771 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4772
wdenk20c98a62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004773- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4774 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4775 The syntax is:
4776
4777 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4778
4779 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4780 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4781 area should have.
4782
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004783- CONFIG_LOOPW
4784 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004785 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004786
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004787- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4788 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4789 "md/mw" commands.
4790 Examples:
4791
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004792 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004793 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4794
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004795 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004796 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4797
wdenk07d7e6b2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004798 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeligerc1da5c92007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004799 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroesecc3af832004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004800
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004801- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004802 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004803 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4804 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4805 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004806
Wolfgang Denk302141d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004807 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4808 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4809 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4810 these initializations itself.
wdenk3d3d99f2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004811
Simon Glass90844072016-05-05 07:28:06 -06004812- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT_ONLY
4813 [ARM926EJ-S only] This allows just the call to lowlevel_init()
4814 to be skipped. The normal CPU15 init (such as enabling the
4815 instruction cache) is still performed.
4816
Aneesh V552a3192011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004817- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Lilja1ec96d82009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004818 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4819 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4820 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk336b2bc2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004821
Ying Zhang2d2e3b62013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004822- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4823 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4824 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4825 It is loaded by the SPL.
4826
Ying Zhang0d4f5442013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004827- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4828 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4829 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4830 previous 4k of the .text section.
4831
Simon Glass17dabf02013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004832- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4833 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4834 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4835 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4836 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4837 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4838 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4839 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4840
Matthias Weisser93416c12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004841- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4842 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4843 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4844 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4845 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4846
Simon Glassbfb59802013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004847- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4848 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4849 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Black14f82462012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004850
Mark Jackson52b003c2013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004851- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4852 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4853
4854 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black76ce2492012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004855
Heiko Schocher2233e462013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004856- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4857 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4858
Karicheri, Muralidharanc1dc61b2014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004859- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4860 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4861 driver that uses this:
4862 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4863
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004864Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4865-----------------------------------
4866
4867The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4868loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4869This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4870are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4871within that device.
4872
Zhao Qiang83a90842014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004873- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4874 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4875 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4876 is also specified.
4877
4878- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4879 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004880 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4881 is also specified.
4882
4883- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4884 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4885 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4886 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4887 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4888
4889- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4890 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4891 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4892 virtual address in NOR flash.
4893
4894- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4895 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4896 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4897
4898- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4899 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4900 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4901
4902- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4903 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4904 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4905
Liu Gang1e084582012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004906- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4907 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4908 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gang357bf5a2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004909 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4910 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4911 master's memory space.
Timur Tabi275f4bb2011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004912
J. German Rivera8ff14b72014-06-23 15:15:55 -07004913Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
4914---------------------------------------------------------
4915The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
4916"firmware".
4917This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4918are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4919within that device.
4920
4921- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
4922 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
4923
4924- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
4925 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4926 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
4927 is also specified.
4928
4929- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
4930 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4931 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4932 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4933 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4934
4935- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
4936 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4937 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
4938 virtual address in NOR flash.
4939
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304940Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
4941-------------------------------------------
4942The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
4943"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
4944This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
4945
4946- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
4947 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
4948
4949- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
4950 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
4951
York Sun928b6812015-12-07 11:08:58 -08004952- CONFIG_SYS_MC_RSV_MEM_ALIGN
4953 Define alignment of reserved memory MC requires
Prabhakar Kushwaha853a9012015-06-02 10:55:52 +05304954
Paul Kocialkowski7b917022015-07-26 18:48:15 +02004955Reproducible builds
4956-------------------
4957
4958In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
4959process have to be set to a fixed value.
4960
4961This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
4962SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
4963option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
4964
4965SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
4966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967Building the Software:
4968======================
4969
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004970Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4971and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4972all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4973(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4974recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4975which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004976
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004977If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4978have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4979you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4980Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4981necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004982
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004983 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4984 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
Peter Tyserb06976d2009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004986Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4987 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4988 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4989 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4990
4991 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4992
4993 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4994 be executed on computers running Windows.
4995
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004996U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4997sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004998is done by typing:
4999
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005000 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005002where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones5a7fb6f2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005003rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk2f0812d2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005004
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005005Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5006 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5007 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5008 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005009 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005010
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005011 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005012 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005014 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005015 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005016
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005017 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005018
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005019
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005020Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5021images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005022
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005023- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5024- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5025- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005026
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005027By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5028in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5029this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5030
50311. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5032
5033 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005034 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005035 make O=/tmp/build all
5036
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +020050372. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005038
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005039 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005040 make distclean
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005041 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005042 make all
5043
Timo Ketolac8c67602014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005044Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005045variable.
5046
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005048Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5049for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5050native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005051
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005052
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005053If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5054to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5055steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005056
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +010050571. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005058 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
Phil Sutterc77b4882015-12-25 14:41:18 +01005059 the "Makefile" and a "<board>.c".
50602. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5061 your board.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050623. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5063 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +020050644. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +000050655. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5066 to be installed on your target system.
50676. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5068 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005069
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005070
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005071Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5072==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005073
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005074If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5075or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5077the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005078official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005079
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005080But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5081cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005082the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5083just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005084for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5085select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5086environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5087you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005090
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005091or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005092
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005093 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005095When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5096U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5097setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5098built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5099<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5100location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5101variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005102
5103 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5104 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5105 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5106
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005107With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5108log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5109during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczefe063f2006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005110
5111
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005112See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005115Monitor Commands - Overview:
5116============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005117
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005118go - start application at address 'addr'
5119run - run commands in an environment variable
5120bootm - boot application image from memory
5121bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005122bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005123tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5124 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5125 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass6a398d22011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005126tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005127rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5128diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5129loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5130loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5131md - memory display
5132mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5133nm - memory modify (constant address)
5134mw - memory write (fill)
5135cp - memory copy
5136cmp - memory compare
5137crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser469cde42009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005138i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139sspi - SPI utility commands
5140base - print or set address offset
5141printenv- print environment variables
5142setenv - set environment variables
5143saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5144protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5145erase - erase FLASH memory
5146flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc4baf03d2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005147nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5149iminfo - print header information for application image
5150coninfo - print console devices and informations
5151ide - IDE sub-system
5152loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk64519362004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005153loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005154mtest - simple RAM test
5155icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5156dcache - enable or disable data cache
5157reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5158echo - echo args to console
5159version - print monitor version
5160help - print online help
5161? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005163
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005164Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5165========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005166
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005170
5171
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005172Environment Variables:
5173======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005174
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5176can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5179"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5180without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5181environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5182working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5183environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005184
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005185Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5186
5187List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005188
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005189 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005191 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005192
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005193 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005198
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005199 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5200 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5201 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5202 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5203 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5204 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005205 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5206 bootm_mapsize.
5207
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005208 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likely26396382011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005209 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5210 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5211 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5212 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5213 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5214 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Siekac5648c82008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005215
5216 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5217 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5218 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5219 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5220 environment variable.
5221
Bartlomiej Siekae273e9f2008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005222 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5223 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5224 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5225
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5227 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5228 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5229 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005230
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005231 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5232 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5233 be automatically started (by internally calling
5234 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005235
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5237 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5238 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5239 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5240 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005242 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5243 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guo0ca9e982012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005244 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5245 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5246 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5247 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5248 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5249 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5250 access it during the boot procedure.
5251
David A. Longd558a4e2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005252 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5253 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5254 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5255 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5256 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5257 must be accessible by the kernel.
5258
Simon Glassdc6fa642011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005259 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5260 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5261 defined.
5262
wdenk0e2bd9c2004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005263 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5264 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5265 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5266 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5267 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5268
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5270 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5271 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5272 is usually what you want since it allows for
5273 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5274 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005275 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005276 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5277 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5278 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5279 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005280
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005281 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5282 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5283 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5284 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5285 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5286 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005290 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5291 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5292 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5293 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5294 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5295 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5296 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk3f9ab982003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005297
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005299
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005300 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5301 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005302
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005305 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk6f770ed2003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005306
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005307 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005313 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
Mike Frysingera23230c2011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005315 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5316 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
Heiko Schocherc5e84052010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005318 => setenv ethact FEC
5319 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5320 => setenv ethact SCC
5321 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
Matthias Fuchs204f0ec2008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005323 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5324 available network interfaces.
5325 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5326
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005327 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005328 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5329 When set to "once" the network operation will
5330 fail when all the available network interfaces
5331 are tried once without success.
5332 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5333 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD1948d6c2009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005335 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDd2164ef2008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005336
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005337 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass5db3f932013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005338 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5339 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5340 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5341 is silent.
5342
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005343 tftpsrcp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denke3cfce52005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005344 UDP source port.
5345
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005346 tftpdstp - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
Wolfgang Denk227b5192005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005347 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5348
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005349 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5350 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5351
5352 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5353 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5354 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5355 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5356 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5357 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5358 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5359
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)83006852015-10-12 00:02:57 +02005360 tftptimeoutcountmax - maximum count of TFTP timeouts (no
5361 unit, minimum value = 0). Defines how many timeouts
5362 can happen during a single file transfer before that
5363 transfer is aborted. The default is 10, and 0 means
5364 'no timeouts allowed'. Increasing this value may help
5365 downloads succeed with high packet loss rates, or with
5366 unreliable TFTP servers or client hardware.
5367
Wolfgang Denkb233bd72010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005368 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005369 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005370 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005371
Alexandre Messier15971322016-02-01 17:08:57 -05005372 bootpretryperiod - Period during which BOOTP/DHCP sends retries.
5373 Unsigned value, in milliseconds. If not set, the period will
5374 be either the default (28000), or a value based on
5375 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT, if defined. This value has
5376 precedence over the valu based on CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT.
5377
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005378The following image location variables contain the location of images
5379used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5380not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5381variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5382server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5383loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5384flash or offset in NAND flash.
5385
5386*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevambb7d4972015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005387boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005388boards use these variables for other purposes.
5389
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005390Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5391----- --------- ----------- --------------
5392u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5393Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5394device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5395ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbse3fe08e2011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005396
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5398updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5399depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005400
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 bootfile - see above
5402 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5403 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5404 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5405 hostname - Target hostname
5406 ipaddr - see above
5407 netmask - Subnet Mask
5408 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5409 serverip - see above
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005410
wdenk145d2c12004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005411
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5415 as type string and/or serial number
5416 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005417
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005418These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5419the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5420once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005421
5422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005423Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5426 with the "version" command. This variable is
5427 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005429
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005430Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5431only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005432
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005433
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005434Callback functions for environment variables:
5435---------------------------------------------
5436
5437For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005438when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005439be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5440deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5441effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5442
5443The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5444U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5445
5446These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5447static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5448in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5449associations. The list must be in the following format:
5450
5451 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5452 list = entry[,list]
5453
5454If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5455Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5456
5457Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5458with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5459override any association in the static list. You can define
5460CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005461".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005462
Joe Hershberger6db9fd42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005463If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5464regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5465the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5466
Joe Hershberger60fd3ad2012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005467
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005468Command Line Parsing:
5469=====================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005470
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005471There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5472the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005473
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474Old, simple command line parser:
5475--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005476
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005477- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5478- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005479- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005480- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5481 for example:
Wolfgang Denk86eb3b72005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005482 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5484 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005485
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486Hush shell:
5487-----------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005488
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005489- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5490 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5491 until...do...done, ...
5492- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5493 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5494 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5495 command
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005496
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005497General rules:
5498--------------
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005499
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005500(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5501 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5502 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5503 executed anyway.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005504
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005505(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005506 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5508 variables are not executed.
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005509
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005510Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5511=======================================
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005512
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005513Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5515"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005516
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005517Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5518MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5519"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005520
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005521If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5522in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5523ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5524variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf4688a22003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005525
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005526o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5527 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005528
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005529o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5530 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5531 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005532
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5534 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5537 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5538 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005539
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershberger2dc2b5d2015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005541 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5542 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005544If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denk092ae952011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005545will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warren6db991a2010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005546may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5547The naming convention is as follows:
5548"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005549
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005550Image Formats:
5551==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005552
Marian Balakowicz18710b82008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005553U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5554images in two formats:
5555
5556New uImage format (FIT)
5557-----------------------
5558
5559Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5560to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5561components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5562SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5563
5564
5565Old uImage format
5566-----------------
5567
5568Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5569preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5570details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005571
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005572* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5573 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyser56b8dd12008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005574 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5575 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5576 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk83c15852006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005577* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005578 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5579 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005580* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5581* Load Address
5582* Entry Point
5583* Image Name
5584* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005585
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005586The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5587and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5588CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005590
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005591Linux Support:
5592==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005593
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005594Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5595easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5596U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005597
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005598U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5599special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5600"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5601instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5602serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005603
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005604- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5605 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5606 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005607
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005608- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5609 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005610
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005611- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5612 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5613 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5614 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5615 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5616 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005617
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005618
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005619Linux HOWTO:
5620============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005621
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005622Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5623---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005624
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005625U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5626configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5627(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5628Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005629
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005630But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005631
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005632Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5633include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg47167572008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005634Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5635and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005636as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005637
Simon Glassd097e592014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005638Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5639If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5640is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5641doc/driver-model.
5642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005643
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005644Configuring the Linux kernel:
5645-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005646
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005647No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5648device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005649
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005650
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005651Building a Linux Image:
5652-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005654With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5655not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5656"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5657U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5658which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5659100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005660
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005661Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
Holger Freyther7ba4e572014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005663 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005664 make oldconfig
5665 make dep
5666 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005667
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005668The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5669encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5670CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005671
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005672* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005673
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005674* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005675
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005676 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5677 -R .note -R .comment \
5678 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005679
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005680* compress the binary image:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005681
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005683
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005685
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005686 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5687 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5688 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005690
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005691The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5692with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5693combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5694byte header containing information about target architecture,
5695operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5696stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5699print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005700
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5702contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5703checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005704
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005705 tools/mkimage -l image
5706 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005707
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5709from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005710
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005711 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5712 -n name -d data_file image
5713 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5714 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5715 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5716 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5717 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5718 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5719 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5720 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005721
wdenkcd914452004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005722Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5723address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5724kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005725
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005726- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5727- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005730
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005731 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5732 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005733 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005734 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5735 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5736 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5737 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5738 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5739 Load Address: 0x00000000
5740 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005743
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005744 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5745 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5746 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5747 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5748 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5749 Load Address: 0x00000000
5750 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005751
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005752NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5753speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5754needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5755need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005757 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005758 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5759 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roese88fbf932010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005760 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5762 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5763 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5764 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5765 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5766 Load Address: 0x00000000
5767 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005769
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005770Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5771when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005773 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5774 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5775 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5776 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5777 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5778 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5779 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5780 Load Address: 0x00000000
5781 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005782
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005783The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5784option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5785option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5786from the image:
5787
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira40bf5632015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005788 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5789 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5790 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5791 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreira51553812013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005792
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005793
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794Installing a Linux Image:
5795-------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005796
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005797To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5798you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005799
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005800 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005801
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005802The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5803image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5804address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5805specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5806command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005807
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5809TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005810
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005812
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005813 .......... done
5814 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005815
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005816 => loads 40100000
5817 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5818 ~>examples/image.srec
5819 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5820 ...
5821 15989 15990 15991 15992
5822 [file transfer complete]
5823 [connected]
5824 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005825
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005827You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005828this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005829corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005832
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005833 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5834 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5835 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5836 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5837 Load Address: 00000000
5838 Entry Point: 0000000c
5839 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
5841
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005842Boot Linux:
5843-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005844
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5846memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5847of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5848parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5849"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005850
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852 => printenv bootargs
5853 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005854
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005855 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005856
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005857 => printenv bootargs
5858 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005859
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005860 => bootm 40020000
5861 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5862 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5863 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5864 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5865 Load Address: 00000000
5866 Entry Point: 0000000c
5867 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5868 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5869 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5870 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5871 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5872 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5873 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5874 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005875
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005876If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5878format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005881
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005882 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5883 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5884 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5885 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5886 Load Address: 00000000
5887 Entry Point: 0000000c
5888 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5891 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5892 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5893 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5894 Load Address: 00000000
5895 Entry Point: 00000000
5896 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005897
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005898 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5899 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5900 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5901 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5902 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5903 Load Address: 00000000
5904 Entry Point: 0000000c
5905 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5906 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5907 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5908 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5909 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5910 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5911 Load Address: 00000000
5912 Entry Point: 00000000
5913 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5914 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5915 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5916 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5917 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5918 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5919 ...
5920 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5921 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005924
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005925Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5926-----------
5927
5928First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5929titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5930following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5931flat device tree:
5932
5933=> print oftaddr
5934oftaddr=0x300000
5935=> print oft
5936oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5937=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5938Speed: 1000, full duplex
5939Using TSEC0 device
5940TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5941Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5942Load address: 0x300000
5943Loading: #
5944done
5945Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5946=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5947Speed: 1000, full duplex
5948Using TSEC0 device
5949TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5950Filename 'uImage'.
5951Load address: 0x200000
5952Loading:############
5953done
5954Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5955=> print loadaddr
5956loadaddr=200000
5957=> print oftaddr
5958oftaddr=0x300000
5959=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5960## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005961 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5962 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5963 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005964 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denk018147d2006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005965 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintockefae4ca2006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005966 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5967 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5968Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5969Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5970Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5971[snip]
5972
5973
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005974More About U-Boot Image Types:
5975------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005976
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005977U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005978
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005979 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5980 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5981 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5982 the Standalone Program.
5983 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5984 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5985 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5986 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5987 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5988 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5989 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5990 being started.
5991 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5992 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5993 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5994 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5995 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5996 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005997
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005998 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5999 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6000 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6001 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6002 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6003 a multiple of 4 bytes).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006004
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006005 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6006 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6007 flash memory.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006008
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006009 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6010 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6011 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6012 as command interpreter.
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006013
Marek Vasutcf41a9b2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006014Booting the Linux zImage:
6015-------------------------
6016
6017On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6018using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6019as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6020
Tom Rini45f46d12013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006021Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut28850d02012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006022kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6023address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6024format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6025
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006026
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006027Standalone HOWTO:
6028=================
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006029
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006030One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6031run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6032U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
stroeseb9c17c52003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006033
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006034Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenk4fc95692003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006035
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006036"Hello World" Demo:
6037-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006038
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006039'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6040application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6041It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6042like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006043
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006044 => loads
6045 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6046 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6047 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6048 [file transfer complete]
6049 [connected]
6050 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6053 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6054 Hello World
6055 argc = 7
6056 argv[0] = "40004"
6057 argv[1] = "Hello"
6058 argv[2] = "World!"
6059 argv[3] = "This"
6060 argv[4] = "is"
6061 argv[5] = "a"
6062 argv[6] = "test."
6063 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6064 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006065
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006067
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006068Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6069handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6070Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6071The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6072character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6073controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006074
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006075 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6076 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6077 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6078 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006079
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006080 => loads
6081 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6082 ~>examples/timer.srec
6083 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6084 [file transfer complete]
6085 [connected]
6086 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006087
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088 => go 40004
6089 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6090 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6091 Using timer 1
6092 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006093
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006094Hit 'b':
6095 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6096 Enabling timer
6097Hit '?':
6098 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6099 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6100Hit '?':
6101 [q, b, e, ?] .
6102 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6103Hit '?':
6104 [q, b, e, ?] .
6105 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6106Hit '?':
6107 [q, b, e, ?] .
6108 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6109Hit 'e':
6110 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6111Hit 'q':
6112 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006113
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006114
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006115Minicom warning:
6116================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006117
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006118Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6119"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6120consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6121Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6122especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pinca0189bb2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006123use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6124http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6125for help with kermit.
6126
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006127
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006128Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6129configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006130
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006131 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6132 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6133 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006134
wdenk8dba0502003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006135
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006136NetBSD Notes:
6137=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006138
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006139Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6140(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006141
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006142Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6143NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6144need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6145Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6146attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6147missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006148
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006149 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6150 # mkdir powerpc
6151 # ln -s powerpc machine
6152 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6153 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006154
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006155Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6156and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006157
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006158Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6159stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6160proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6161tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenkd0245fc2005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006162meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006163
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006164
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006165Implementation Internals:
6166=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006167
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006168The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6169implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6170inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6171hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006172
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006173
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174Initial Stack, Global Data:
6175---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006176
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006177The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6178starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6179system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6180This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6181is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6182at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6183options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6184models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6185MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6186locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006187
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006188 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006189 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006190
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006191 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6192 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6193 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6194 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006195
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6197 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6198 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6199 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6200 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006201 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006202 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6203 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006204
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006205 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6206 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006207 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006208 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6209 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6210 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6211 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006212
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006213 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006214 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6215 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese3e1f1b32005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006216 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006217 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6218 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6219 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6220 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6221 you get the config right.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006222
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006223 -Chris Hallinan
6224 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006225
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006226It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6227code for the initialization procedures:
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006228
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006229* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6230 to write it.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006231
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006232* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006233 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6234 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006235
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006236* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6237 that.
wdenk4a5c8a72003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006238
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006239Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006240normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6242simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6243functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6244functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6245the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6246place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6247reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006248
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6250relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6251GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006252
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006253For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6254 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006255 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006256 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6257 R5-R10: parameter passing
6258 R13: small data area pointer
6259 R30: GOT pointer
6260 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006261
Joakim Tjernlund693c0c12010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006262 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6263 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6264 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006265
Wolfgang Denk69c09642008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006266 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006267
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006268 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6269 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6270 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6271 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6272 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6273 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006274
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006275On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006276 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6277
Robin Getz2773d5f2009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006278 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger60f09302008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006279
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006280On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006281
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006282 R0: function argument word/integer result
6283 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006284 R9: platform specific
6285 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006286 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6287 R12: temporary workspace
6288 R13: stack pointer
6289 R14: link register
6290 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006291
Jeroen Hofsteea556aca2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006292 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6293
6294 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006295
Thomas Chou8fa38582010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006296On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6297 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6298
6299 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6300
6301 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6302 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6303
Macpaul Lin1cac36e2011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006304On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6305
6306 R0-R1: argument/return
6307 R2-R5: argument
6308 R15: temporary register for assembler
6309 R16: trampoline register
6310 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6311 R29: global pointer (GP)
6312 R30: link register (LP)
6313 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6314 PC: program counter (PC)
6315
6316 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6317
Wolfgang Denk6405a152006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006318NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6319or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006320
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006321Memory Management:
6322------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006323
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6325MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006326
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006327The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6328controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6329memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6330physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006331
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006332U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6333TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6334booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6335to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD03836942008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006336memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006337configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6338Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006339
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006340Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6341of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006342
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6344this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006345
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006346 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6347 :
6348 0x0000 1FFF
6349 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6350 :
6351 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006352
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006353 :
6354 :
6355 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6356 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6357 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6358 :
6359 0x00FD FFFF
6360 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6361 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6362 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6363 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006364
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006365
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366System Initialization:
6367----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006368
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006369In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswilerabd8dcb2008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006370(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006371configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006372To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6373To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6374initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6375which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6376part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6377the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006378
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006379Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6380preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6381(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6382on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6383programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6384simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6385banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006386
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006387When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6388different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6389bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
63900x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6391contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006392
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006393Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6394and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6395Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6396pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006397
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006398Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6399until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6400running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6401new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006402
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006403
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006404U-Boot Porting Guide:
6405----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006406
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006407[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6408list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006409
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006410
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006411int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006412{
6413 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006414
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006415 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6416 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006417
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006418 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006419 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006420 return 0;
6421 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006422
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006423 Download latest U-Boot source;
wdenk34b613e2002-12-17 01:51:00 +00006424
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006425 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006426
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006427 if (clueless)
6428 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006429
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006430 while (learning) {
6431 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006432 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6433 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006434 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006435 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006436 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006437
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006438 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6439 Buy a BDI3000;
6440 else
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006441 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006442
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006443 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6444 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6445 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6446 } else {
6447 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6448 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
6449 }
6450 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6451 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
Jerry Van Barenba0687c2009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006453 while (!accepted) {
6454 while (!running) {
6455 do {
6456 Add / modify source code;
6457 } until (compiles);
6458 Debug;
6459 if (clueless)
6460 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6461 }
6462 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6463 if (reasonable critiques)
6464 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6465 else
6466 Defend code as written;
wdenk634d2f72004-04-15 23:14:49 +00006467 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006468
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006469 return 0;
6470}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006471
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006472void no_more_time (int sig)
6473{
6474 hire_a_guru();
6475}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006476
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006477
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006478Coding Standards:
6479-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006480
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006481All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006482coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006483"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006484
6485Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6486MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahler03f930c2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006487reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006488sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006489
Detlev Zundelaa63d482006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006490Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6491Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6492in your code.
wdenkad276f22004-01-04 16:28:35 +00006493
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006494Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6495- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006496- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006497- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006498- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006499- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006500
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006501Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6502with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006503
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006504
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006505Submitting Patches:
6506-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006507
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006508Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6509establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6510may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006511
Magnus Liljaf3b287b2008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006512Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006513
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006514Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6515see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6516
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006517When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6518it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006519
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006520* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6521 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6522 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006523
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006524* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6525 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006526
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006527* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006528
Robert P. J. Day076ed9b2015-12-19 07:16:10 -05006529* For major contributions, add a MAINTAINERS file with your
6530 information and associated file and directory references.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006531
Albert ARIBAUD48e910f2013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006532* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6533 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006534
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006535* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6536 document these in the README file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006537
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006538* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6539 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk20bd2a62011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006540 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006541 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6542 with some other mail clients.
wdenkca9bc762003-07-15 07:45:49 +00006543
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006544 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6545 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6546 GNU diff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006547
Wolfgang Denkb240aef2008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006548 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6549 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6550 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6551 affected files).
6552
6553 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6554 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006555
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006556* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6557 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
wdenk57b2d802003-06-27 21:31:46 +00006558
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006559* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6560 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
wdenk88e72a32003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006561
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006562
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006563Notes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006564
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006565* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6566 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6567 for any of the boards.
6568
6569* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6570 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6571 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006572
wdenk6c59edc2004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006573* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6574 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6575 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6576 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6577 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6578 modification.
wdenkcbc49a52005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006579
Wolfgang Denk290ae6b2008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006580* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6581 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6582 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6583 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.